git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@78518 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6834 lines
		
	
	
		
			208 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6834 lines
		
	
	
		
			208 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
						|
// Name:        wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
 | 
						|
// Purpose:     Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
						|
// Modified by:
 | 
						|
// Created:     2005-09-30
 | 
						|
// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
						|
// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | 
						|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    The line break character that can be embedded in content.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
extern const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    File types in wxRichText context.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxRichTextFileType
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH      0x01
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT     0x02
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH   0x04
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT  0x08
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within
 | 
						|
// the rect passed to Layout.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags to pass to Draw
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes
 | 
						|
// where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared
 | 
						|
// with the previous line
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE    0x01
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED        0x02
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT           0x04
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES      0x08
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    // The point was not on this object
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE =    0x01,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The point was before the position returned from HitTest
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE =  0x02,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The point was after the position returned from HitTest
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER =   0x04,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The point was on the position returned from HitTest
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON =      0x08,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The point was on space outside content
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects)
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ignore floating objects
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags for GetRangeSize.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED        0x01
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED      0x02
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE       0x04
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY      0x08
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE            0x00
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO       0x01
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that the style should not be applied if the
 | 
						|
// combined style at this point is already the style in question.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE        0x02
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs,
 | 
						|
// and not the content. This allows content styling to be
 | 
						|
// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters,
 | 
						|
// and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be
 | 
						|
// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise
 | 
						|
// deduces number from existing attributes
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER        0x10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise
 | 
						|
// the current indentation will be used
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL   0x20
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Resets the existing style before applying the new style
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET           0x40
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Removes the given style instead of applying it
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE          0x80
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags for SetProperties.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE            0x00
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO       0x01
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs,
 | 
						|
// and not the content.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters,
 | 
						|
// and not the paragraph.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET           0x08
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Removes the given properties instead of applying them.
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE          0x10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Flags for object insertion.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE                              0x00
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE     0x01
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE                       0x02
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style
 | 
						|
// as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a
 | 
						|
// flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode.
 | 
						|
#define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE   0x10000000
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR             1.5
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Miscellaneous text box flags
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT                   = 0x00000001,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR                   = 0x00000002,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS        = 0x00000004,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT      = 0x00000008,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME          = 0x00000010,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE              = 0x00000020,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CORNER_RADIUS           = 0x00000040
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextAttrValueFlags
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID               = 0x1000,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK          = 0x1000
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Units, included in the dimension value.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextAttrUnits
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM             = 0x0001,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS                = 0x0002,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE            = 0x0004,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS                = 0x0008,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_HUNDREDTHS_POINT      = 0x0100,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK                  = 0x010F
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC         = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE       = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE       = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED          = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK           = 0x00F0
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrDimension
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl,  wxTextAttrDimensions
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextAttrDimension
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); }
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor taking value and units flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the dimension value and flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a dim are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dim but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the integer value of the dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetValue() const { return m_value; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    float GetValueMM() const { return float(m_value) / 10.0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the value of the dimension in mm.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0) + 0.5); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the integer value of the dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the integer value and units.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the units of the dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the units of the dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the position flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the dimension is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the valid flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the dimension flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the dimension flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int                         m_value;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensionFlags    m_flags;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrDimensions
 | 
						|
    A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextAttrDimensions
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the value and flags for all dimensions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a dim sare present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dims but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Remove specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the left dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the right dimension.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the top dimension.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the bottom dimension.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are all dimensions valid?
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_left;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_top;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_right;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_bottom;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrSize
 | 
						|
    A class for representing width and height.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextAttrSize
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the width and height dimensions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a size are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a size but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the height.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the height.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the height.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the height.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the size valid?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_width;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_height;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
 | 
						|
    A class to make it easier to convert dimensions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the pixel size for the given dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const;
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the mm size for the given dimension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts tenths of a mm to pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const;
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts pixels to tenths of a mm.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int     m_ppi;
 | 
						|
    double  m_scale;
 | 
						|
    wxSize  m_parentSize;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE             = 0,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID            = 1,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED           = 2,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED           = 3,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE           = 4,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE           = 5,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE            = 6,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET            = 7,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET           = 8
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE            = 0x0001,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR           = 0x0002
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN             = -1,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM           = -2,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK            = -3
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Float styles.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE              = 0,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT              = 1,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT             = 2
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Clear styles.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE              = 0,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT              = 1,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT             = 2,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH              = 3
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Collapse mode styles.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE           = 0,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL           = 1
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Vertical alignment values.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE =       0,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP  =       1,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE =     2,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM  =    3
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    Whitespace values mirroring the CSS white-space attribute.
 | 
						|
    Only wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NO_WRAP is currently implemented,
 | 
						|
    in table cells.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
enum wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NONE                 = 0,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NORMAL               = 1,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_NO_WRAP              = 2,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_PREFORMATTED         = 3,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_PREFORMATTED_LINE    = 4,
 | 
						|
    wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE_PREFORMATTED_WRAP    = 5
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrBorder
 | 
						|
    A class representing a rich text object border.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextAttrBorder
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle &&
 | 
						|
               m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the border style, colour, width and flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the border style.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour as a long.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the border width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; }
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the border has a valid style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the border has a valid colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the border has a valid width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the border is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the border has no attributes set.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsDefault() const { return (m_flags == 0); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the valid flag for this border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the border flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a border flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes a border flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int                         m_borderStyle;
 | 
						|
    unsigned long               m_borderColour;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_borderWidth;
 | 
						|
    int                         m_flags;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrBorders
 | 
						|
    A class representing a rich text object's borders.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextAttrBorders
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorders() { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right &&
 | 
						|
               m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the style of all borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStyle(int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets colour of all borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColour(unsigned long colour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the colour for all borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the width of all borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the width of all borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets all borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a borders are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a borders but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if at least one border is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextAttrShadow
 | 
						|
    A class representing a shadow.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrShadow
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrShadow() { Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the shadow.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextAttrShadow& shadow, const wxTextAttrShadow* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrShadow& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrShadow& attr, wxTextAttrShadow& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrShadow& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_shadowColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_shadowColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour as a long.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_shadowColour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_shadowColour); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the shadow has a valid colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the shadow horizontal offset.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetX() { return m_offsetX; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetX() const { return m_offsetX; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow horizontal offset.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOffsetX(const wxTextAttrDimension& offset) { m_offsetX = offset; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the shadow vertical offset.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetY() { return m_offsetY; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetOffsetY() const { return m_offsetY; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow vertical offset.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOffsetY(const wxTextAttrDimension& offset) { m_offsetY = offset; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the shadow spread size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetSpread() { return m_spread; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetSpread() const { return m_spread; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow spread size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSpread(const wxTextAttrDimension& spread) { m_spread = spread; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the shadow blur distance.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetBlurDistance() { return m_blurDistance; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBlurDistance() const { return m_blurDistance; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow blur distance.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBlurDistance(const wxTextAttrDimension& blur) { m_blurDistance = blur; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the shadow opacity.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetOpacity() { return m_opacity; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetOpacity() const { return m_opacity; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the dimension is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the valid flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the border flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the border flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a border flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes a border flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the shadow opacity.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOpacity(const wxTextAttrDimension& opacity) { m_opacity = opacity; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        True if the shadow has no attributes set.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsDefault() const { return !HasColour() && !m_offsetX.IsValid() && !m_offsetY.IsValid() && !m_spread.IsValid() && !m_blurDistance.IsValid() && !m_opacity.IsValid(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int                         m_flags;
 | 
						|
    unsigned long               m_shadowColour;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_offsetX;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_offsetY;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_spread;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_blurDistance;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension         m_opacity;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxTextBoxAttr
 | 
						|
    A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxTextBoxAttr
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initialises this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Init() { Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy
 | 
						|
    //void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Assignment
 | 
						|
    //void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality test.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used
 | 
						|
        to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for
 | 
						|
        situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the flags.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is this flag present?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes this flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds this flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if no attributes are set.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsDefault() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the float mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the float mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if float mode is active.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object is floating.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we have a clear flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the whitespace mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode GetWhitespaceMode() const { return m_whitespaceMode; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the whitespace mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWhitespaceMode(wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode whitespace) { m_whitespaceMode = whitespace; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the whitespace flag is present.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasWhitespaceMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_WHITESPACE); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the corner radius flag is present.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasCornerRadius() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CORNER_RADIUS); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the corner radius value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetCornerRadius() const { return m_cornerRadius; }
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetCornerRadius() { return m_cornerRadius; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the corner radius value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCornerRadius(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_cornerRadius = dim; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CORNER_RADIUS; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the vertical alignment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the vertical alignment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the margin values.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the padding values.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left padding value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right padding value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top padding value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom padding value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the borders.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the outline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left outline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top outline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right outline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom outline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object minimum size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object maximum size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object minimum size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object maximum size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object height.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the box style name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the box style name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the box style name is present.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the box shadow attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrShadow& GetShadow() { return m_shadow; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextAttrShadow& GetShadow() const { return m_shadow; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int                             m_flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions            m_margins;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions            m_padding;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimensions            m_position;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize                  m_size;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize                  m_minSize;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrSize                  m_maxSize;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorders               m_border;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrBorders               m_outline;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle         m_floatMode;
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle         m_clearMode;
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode       m_collapseMode;
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment  m_verticalAlignment;
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttrWhitespaceMode     m_whitespaceMode;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrDimension             m_cornerRadius;
 | 
						|
    wxString                        m_boxStyleName;
 | 
						|
    wxTextAttrShadow                m_shadow;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextAttr
 | 
						|
    A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects.
 | 
						|
    This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor taking a wxTextAttr.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy function.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality test.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
 | 
						|
        have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
 | 
						|
        @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
 | 
						|
        in this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith
 | 
						|
        is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
 | 
						|
        and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
        which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the specified attributes from this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the text box attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; }
 | 
						|
    const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the text box attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if no attributes are set.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsDefault() const { return (GetFlags() == 0) && m_textBoxAttr.IsDefault(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxTextBoxAttr    m_textBoxAttr;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextAttrArray;
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextVariantArray;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextProperties
 | 
						|
    A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the
 | 
						|
    ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextProperties() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies from @a props.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the variant at the given index.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the variant at the given index.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the array of variants.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns all the property names.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns a count of the properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the given property is found.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds the given property.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int Find(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the given property.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Remove(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the property variant by name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the value of the named property as a string.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the value of the named property as a long integer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the value of the named property as a boolean.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the value of the named property as a double.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets a property by name and variant.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets a property by name and string value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets a property by name and wxChar* value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxChar* value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets  property by name and long integer value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets  property by name and double value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets  property by name and boolean value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes the given properties from these properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Merges the given properties with these properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextVariantArray  m_properties;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextFontTable
 | 
						|
    Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFontTable();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the font table is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a font for the given attribute object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the font table.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Clear();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inequality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the font scale factor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    double m_fontScale;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextRange
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextRange
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor taking start and end positions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
 | 
						|
    ~wxRichTextRange() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assigns @a range to this range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inequality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Subtracts a range from this range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a range to this range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the range start and end positions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the start position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the start position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetStart() const { return m_start; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the end position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the end position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetEnd() const { return m_end; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns true if this range is completely within @a range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Limit this range to be within @a range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the length of the range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Swaps the start and end.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in
 | 
						|
        the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character
 | 
						|
        positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position.
 | 
						|
        (n, n) is the range of a single character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions
 | 
						|
        of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last
 | 
						|
        character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position.
 | 
						|
        (n, n+1) is the range of a single character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    long m_start;
 | 
						|
    long m_end;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextRangeArray;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_ALL  wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_NONE  wxRichTextRange(-1, -1)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextSelection
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous
 | 
						|
    selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist
 | 
						|
    of a set of non-contiguous positions).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It
 | 
						|
    follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextSelection
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a selection from a range and a container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
 | 
						|
    { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a range to the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range)
 | 
						|
    { m_ranges.Add(range); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
 | 
						|
    { m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies from @a sel.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel)
 | 
						|
    { m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Equality operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Index operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the selection ranges.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the selection ranges.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the selection ranges.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of ranges in the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the range at the given index.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets a single range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the container for which the selection is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the container for which the selection is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the selection is valid.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none
 | 
						|
        at the level of the object's container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRangeArray            m_ranges;
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox*   m_container;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextDrawingContext
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information
 | 
						|
        such as virtual attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Init();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Does this object have virtual attributes?
 | 
						|
        Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
 | 
						|
        affecting the actual styling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the virtual attributes for this object.
 | 
						|
        Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
 | 
						|
        affecting the actual styling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | 
						|
        For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | 
						|
        For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | 
						|
        The function is passed the count returned by GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions,
 | 
						|
                                      wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
 | 
						|
        to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
 | 
						|
        for highlighting special characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the virtual text for this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enables virtual attribute processing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void EnableVirtualAttributes(bool b);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if virtual attribute processing is enabled.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool GetVirtualAttributesEnabled() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enable or disable images
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void EnableImages(bool b) { m_enableImages = b; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if images are enabled.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool GetImagesEnabled() const { return m_enableImages; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set laying out flag
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void SetLayingOut(bool b) { m_layingOut = b; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if laying out.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool GetLayingOut() const { return m_layingOut; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enable or disable delayed image loading
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void EnableDelayedImageLoading(bool b) { m_enableDelayedImageLoading = b; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if delayed image loading is enabled.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool GetDelayedImageLoading() const { return m_enableDelayedImageLoading; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer*   m_buffer;
 | 
						|
    bool                m_enableVirtualAttributes;
 | 
						|
    bool                m_enableImages;
 | 
						|
    bool                m_enableDelayedImageLoading;
 | 
						|
    bool                m_layingOut;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextObject
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This is the base for drawable rich text objects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextObject: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextObject();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
 | 
						|
        example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range,
 | 
						|
                      const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
 | 
						|
        Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object,
 | 
						|
        and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
 | 
						|
        or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect,
 | 
						|
                        const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
 | 
						|
        information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object
 | 
						|
        position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity.
 | 
						|
        @ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself
 | 
						|
        if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found.
 | 
						|
        @a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt,
 | 
						|
                        long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj,
 | 
						|
                        int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index,
 | 
						|
                              wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the best size, i.e.\ the ideal starting size for this object irrespective
 | 
						|
        of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses
 | 
						|
        the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
 | 
						|
        is invalid for this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent,
 | 
						|
                              wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags,
 | 
						|
                              const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0),
 | 
						|
                              const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
						|
                              wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const  = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
 | 
						|
        the first part in 'this'.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Deletes the given range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the object is empty.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this class of object is floatable.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsFloatable() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object is currently floating.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsFloating() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the floating direction.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetFloatDirection() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns any text in this object for the given range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one.
 | 
						|
        The calling code will then delete the given object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object can potentially be split, by virtue of having
 | 
						|
        different virtual attributes for individual sub-objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the final object in the split objects if this object was split due to differences between sub-object virtual attributes.
 | 
						|
        Returns itself if it was not split.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e.\ a call to SetFocusObject
 | 
						|
        is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
 | 
						|
        but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Imports this object from XML.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy.
 | 
						|
        This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be
 | 
						|
        implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the
 | 
						|
        more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node.
 | 
						|
        This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for
 | 
						|
        switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined
 | 
						|
        (on by default).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table.
 | 
						|
        Required for composite selection handling to work.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
 | 
						|
        For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | 
						|
        us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | 
						|
        us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | 
						|
        us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
 | 
						|
        us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
 | 
						|
        image size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object position in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object position in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy.
 | 
						|
        TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the
 | 
						|
        top of the coordinate space.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the rectangle enclosing the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRect GetRect() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object's range within its container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange& GetRange();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object is composite.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsComposite() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
 | 
						|
        @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsAtomic() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns a pointer to the parent object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the pointer to the parent object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top-level container of this object.
 | 
						|
        May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return
 | 
						|
        a different container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top-level container of this object.
 | 
						|
        Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetMargins(int margin);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetLeftMargin() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetRightMargin() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetTopMargin() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetBottomMargin() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
 | 
						|
        margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
 | 
						|
        lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space
 | 
						|
        for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and
 | 
						|
        sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained
 | 
						|
        in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace.
 | 
						|
        (If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
 | 
						|
                    const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
 | 
						|
                    const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adjusts the attributes for virtual attribute provision, collapsed borders, etc.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object's attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object's properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object's properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the stored descent value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetDescent(int descent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the stored descent value.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetDescent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the containing buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetName(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetName() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e.\ contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsShown() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be
 | 
						|
        laid out or redrawn.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Show(bool show);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clones the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
 | 
						|
        lists (not yet used).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Reference();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
 | 
						|
        lists (not yet used).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Dereference();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
 | 
						|
        @a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0, wxRichTextObject* obj = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draws a border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner)
 | 
						|
        or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
 | 
						|
        Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
 | 
						|
        is available.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
 | 
						|
                            wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect,
 | 
						|
                            wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
 | 
						|
                               int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin, int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
 | 
						|
        child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
 | 
						|
        availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to.
 | 
						|
        E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr,
 | 
						|
                                       const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace,
 | 
						|
                                       const wxRect& availableContainerSpace);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    wxSize                  m_size;
 | 
						|
    wxSize                  m_maxSize;
 | 
						|
    wxSize                  m_minSize;
 | 
						|
    wxPoint                 m_pos;
 | 
						|
    int                     m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any)
 | 
						|
    int                     m_refCount;
 | 
						|
    bool                    m_show;
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject*       m_parent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The range of this object (start position to end position)
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange         m_range;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange         m_ownRange;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Attributes
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr          m_attributes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Properties
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextProperties    m_properties;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextObjectList;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextCompositeObject
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Objects of this class can contain other objects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt,
 | 
						|
                        long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj,
 | 
						|
                        wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index,
 | 
						|
                              wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent,
 | 
						|
                              wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags,
 | 
						|
                              const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0),
 | 
						|
                              const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
						|
                              wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the children.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren();
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the children.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of children.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    size_t GetChildCount() const ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the nth child.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object is composite.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsComposite() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
 | 
						|
        @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsAtomic() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns true if the buffer is empty.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the child object at the given character position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Appends a child, returning the position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes and optionally deletes the specified child.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Deletes all the children.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool DeleteChildren() ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectList    m_children;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This class knows how to lay out paragraphs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
    ~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the associated control.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert the given text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert the given text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert the given image.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
 | 
						|
                                                        wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
 | 
						|
                                                        const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType,
 | 
						|
                                                        const wxRichTextProperties& properties,
 | 
						|
                                                        wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
 | 
						|
                                                        const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
 | 
						|
        If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph
 | 
						|
        style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inserts an object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to delete this range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draws the floating objects in this buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Moves an anchored object to another paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initializes the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Init();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears all the children.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Clear();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Reset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Convenience function to add an image.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is
 | 
						|
        a caret position, which is normally a smaller number.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the line size at the given position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
 | 
						|
        starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine)
 | 
						|
        that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start
 | 
						|
        of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying
 | 
						|
        position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the paragraph by number.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the paragraph for a given line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the length of the paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of paragraphs.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of visible lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetLineCount() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the text of the paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the
 | 
						|
        attributes are set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
 | 
						|
        of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5,
 | 
						|
        use the range (5,5).
 | 
						|
        This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
 | 
						|
          undoable.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied
 | 
						|
          if the combined style at this point is already the style in question.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
 | 
						|
          applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
 | 
						|
          This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
 | 
						|
          of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
 | 
						|
          applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
 | 
						|
          This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
 | 
						|
          of e.g. a named paragraph style.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying
 | 
						|
          the new style.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style.
 | 
						|
          Only the style flags are used in this operation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the combined text attributes for this position.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated
 | 
						|
        with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined
 | 
						|
        attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle().
 | 
						|
        If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function
 | 
						|
        will fetch the paragraph attributes.
 | 
						|
        Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
 | 
						|
        context attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the
 | 
						|
        given range.
 | 
						|
        Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be
 | 
						|
        included the style flags.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog:
 | 
						|
        the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the
 | 
						|
        values of further attributes to be applied uniformly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying
 | 
						|
        the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that
 | 
						|
        are different from the @e combined attributes within the range.
 | 
						|
        So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range,
 | 
						|
        but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example,
 | 
						|
        say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't
 | 
						|
        specify a weight.
 | 
						|
        The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and
 | 
						|
        in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold.
 | 
						|
        When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be
 | 
						|
        changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph.
 | 
						|
        However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
 | 
						|
        content.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //@{
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how
 | 
						|
        the attributes are set.
 | 
						|
        Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
 | 
						|
        sheet) can be passed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
 | 
						|
          @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
 | 
						|
          as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle().
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
    //@}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes
 | 
						|
        and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //@{
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Numbers the paragraphs in the given range.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
 | 
						|
        Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
 | 
						|
        sheet) can be passed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
 | 
						|
          @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
 | 
						|
          as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
    //@}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //@{
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Promotes the list items within the given range.
 | 
						|
        A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number
 | 
						|
        produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
 | 
						|
        Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
 | 
						|
        sheet) can be passed.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a flags is a bit list of the following:
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
 | 
						|
          @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
 | 
						|
          as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
    //@}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously
 | 
						|
        @a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the
 | 
						|
        attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
 | 
						|
        of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at
 | 
						|
        position 5, use the range (5,6).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
 | 
						|
          undoable.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
 | 
						|
          applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
 | 
						|
          applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying
 | 
						|
          the new properties.
 | 
						|
        - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets with undo the properties for the given object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetObjectPropertiesWithUndo(wxRichTextObject& obj, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, wxRichTextObject* objToSet = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
 | 
						|
        of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
 | 
						|
        can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
 | 
						|
        flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
 | 
						|
        of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
 | 
						|
        can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
 | 
						|
        flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset).
 | 
						|
        Currently is only called if undo mode is on.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
 | 
						|
        it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
 | 
						|
        marker.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Calculate ranges.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void UpdateRanges();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get all the text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetText() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied
 | 
						|
        (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
 | 
						|
        inserted text to be bold).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous
 | 
						|
        default style.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied
 | 
						|
        (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
 | 
						|
        inserted text to be bold).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole
 | 
						|
        buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which
 | 
						|
        only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default
 | 
						|
        style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the basic (overall) style.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied,
 | 
						|
        unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being
 | 
						|
        applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause
 | 
						|
        subsequently inserted text to be bold).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Do the (in)validation for this object only.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL,
 | 
						|
        will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we
 | 
						|
        will collect the rest later.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object needs layout.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of floating objects at this level.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFloatingObjectCount() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns a list of floating objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr  m_defaultAttributes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The invalidated range that will need full layout
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Is the last paragraph partial or complete?
 | 
						|
    bool            m_partialParagraph;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The floating layout state
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextBox
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("textbox"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Box"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextField
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents
 | 
						|
    additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table
 | 
						|
    of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored
 | 
						|
    in the object properties.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived
 | 
						|
    from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes
 | 
						|
    the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since
 | 
						|
    most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally
 | 
						|
    in a single field type definition.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve
 | 
						|
    the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it
 | 
						|
    can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField
 | 
						|
    function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined
 | 
						|
    by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display
 | 
						|
    type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field
 | 
						|
    to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic.
 | 
						|
    When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | 
						|
    or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content
 | 
						|
    appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but
 | 
						|
    covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
 | 
						|
    application exit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField,
 | 
						|
    taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("field"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); }
 | 
						|
    wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value,
 | 
						|
        if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextField(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextFieldType
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one
 | 
						|
    field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and
 | 
						|
    property editing functionality for a field.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
 | 
						|
    application exit.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a field type definition.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
 | 
						|
        : m_name(name)
 | 
						|
        { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { Copy(fieldType); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
 | 
						|
        example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
 | 
						|
        Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object,
 | 
						|
        and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
 | 
						|
        or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
 | 
						|
        is invalid for this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* obj, wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return wxEmptyString; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value,
 | 
						|
        if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextField* obj) { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e.\ contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxString  m_name;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range
 | 
						|
    of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start
 | 
						|
    and end tags.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is
 | 
						|
    white text on a black background.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The following display styles can be used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @beginStyleTable
 | 
						|
    @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE}
 | 
						|
           Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField.
 | 
						|
    @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE}
 | 
						|
           Shows a rounded rectangle background.
 | 
						|
    @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER}
 | 
						|
           Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label.
 | 
						|
    @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG}
 | 
						|
           Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right.
 | 
						|
    @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG}
 | 
						|
           Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left.
 | 
						|
    @endStyleTable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Display style types
 | 
						|
    enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01,
 | 
						|
           wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02,
 | 
						|
           wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04,
 | 
						|
           wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08,
 | 
						|
           wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10
 | 
						|
         };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @param name
 | 
						|
            The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
 | 
						|
            name used when adding a field to a control.
 | 
						|
        @param label
 | 
						|
            The text label to be shown on the field.
 | 
						|
        @param displayStyle
 | 
						|
            The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
 | 
						|
            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
 | 
						|
            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @param name
 | 
						|
            The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
 | 
						|
            name used when adding a field to a control.
 | 
						|
        @param bitmap
 | 
						|
            The bitmap label to be shown on the field.
 | 
						|
        @param displayStyle
 | 
						|
            The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
 | 
						|
            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
 | 
						|
            wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The default constructor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The copy constructor.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initialises the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Init();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
 | 
						|
        example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
 | 
						|
        Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object,
 | 
						|
        and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
 | 
						|
        or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
 | 
						|
        is invalid for this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the text label for fields of this type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the text label for fields of this type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the display style for fields of this type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the display style for fields of this type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the font used for drawing the text label.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the font used for drawing the text label.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour used for drawing the text label.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the colour used for drawing the text label.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour used for drawing the field border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the colour used for drawing the field border.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the colour used for drawing the field background.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the colour used for drawing the field background.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxString    m_label;
 | 
						|
    int         m_displayStyle;
 | 
						|
    wxFont      m_font;
 | 
						|
    wxColour    m_textColour;
 | 
						|
    wxColour    m_borderColour;
 | 
						|
    wxColour    m_backgroundColour;
 | 
						|
    int         m_verticalPadding;
 | 
						|
    int         m_horizontalPadding;
 | 
						|
    int         m_horizontalMargin;
 | 
						|
    int         m_verticalMargin;
 | 
						|
    wxBitmap    m_bitmap;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextLine
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
 | 
						|
    offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
 | 
						|
    start and end positions of the line.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextLine
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the range associated with this line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the range associated with this line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the parent paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the absolute range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the line size as calculated by Layout.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the line size as calculated by Layout.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object position relative to the parent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object position relative to the parent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the absolute object position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the rectangle enclosing the line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the stored descent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the stored descent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
 | 
						|
    wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; }
 | 
						|
    const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initialises the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies from @a obj.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The range of the line (start position to end position)
 | 
						|
    // This is relative to the parent paragraph.
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange     m_range;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph
 | 
						|
    wxPoint             m_pos;
 | 
						|
    wxSize              m_size;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline)
 | 
						|
    int                 m_descent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The parent object
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
 | 
						|
    wxArrayInt          m_objectSizes;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextLineList;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextParagraph
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor taking a parent and style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph();
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Init();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraph"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the cached lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies the object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the cached lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearLines();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Implementation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inserts text at the given position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns
 | 
						|
        the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Moves content to a list from this point.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds content back from a list.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
 | 
						|
        The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left
 | 
						|
        of the split.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds the object at the given position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the bullet text for this paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetBulletText();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Allocates or reuses a line object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears remaining unused line objects, if any.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
 | 
						|
        retrieve the actual style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a default tabstop array.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void InitDefaultTabs();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the default tabstop array.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void ClearDefaultTabs();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the default tabstop array.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Lays out the floating objects.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Whether the paragraph is impacted by floating objects from above.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetImpactedByFloatingObjects() const { return m_impactedByFloatingObjects; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets whether the paragraph is impacted by floating objects from above.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetImpactedByFloatingObjects(int i) { m_impactedByFloatingObjects = i; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextLineList  m_cachedLines;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Whether the paragraph is impacted by floating objects from above
 | 
						|
    int                 m_impactedByFloatingObjects;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // Default tabstops
 | 
						|
    static wxArrayInt  sm_defaultTabs;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextPlainText
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This object represents a single piece of text.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't.
 | 
						|
    virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("text"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Copies the text object,
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Clones the text object.
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
    bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    wxString    m_text;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextImageBlock
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImageBlock();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initialises the block.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Init();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the block.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Clear();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Load the original image into a memory block.
 | 
						|
        If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
 | 
						|
        to conserve space.
 | 
						|
        If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to
 | 
						|
        load the image a second time.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType,
 | 
						|
                                wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
 | 
						|
        format.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Makes the image block.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Writes the block to a file.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Write(const wxString& filename);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Writes the data in hex to a stream.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Reads the data in hex from a stream.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy from @a block.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Load a wxImage from the block
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Load(wxImage& image);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operators
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the raw data.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the data size in bytes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the image type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the data size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the image type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the data is non-NULL.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; }
 | 
						|
    bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the extension for the block's type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetExtension() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Implementation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Writes a memory block to stream.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Writes a memory block to a file.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    // Size in bytes of the image stored.
 | 
						|
    // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file.
 | 
						|
    unsigned char*      m_data;
 | 
						|
    size_t              m_dataSize;
 | 
						|
    wxBitmapType        m_imageType;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextImage
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This class implements a graphic object.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Picture"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Images can be floatable (optionally).
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("image"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the image cache.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Resets the image cache.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the image block containing the raw data.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the original image size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the original image size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies the image object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clones the image object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a cached image at the required size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxSize& retImageSize, bool resetCache = false, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Do the loading and scaling
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool LoadAndScaleImageCache(wxImage& image, const wxSize& sz, bool delayLoading, bool& changed);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the image state.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetImageState() const { return m_imageState; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the image state.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetImageState(int state) { m_imageState = state; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextImageBlock    m_imageBlock;
 | 
						|
    wxBitmap                m_imageCache;
 | 
						|
    wxSize                  m_originalImageSize;
 | 
						|
    int                     m_imageState;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextCommand;
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextAction;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextBuffer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the command processor.
 | 
						|
        A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph
 | 
						|
        styles found in the style sheet.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the style sheet.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
 | 
						|
        editing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
 | 
						|
        editing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    double GetFontScale() const { return m_fontScale; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and
 | 
						|
        inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control
 | 
						|
        where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation
 | 
						|
        and inter-paragraph spacing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    double GetDimensionScale() const { return m_dimensionScale; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initialisation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Init();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void ResetAndClearCommands();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //@{
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Loads content from a stream or file.
 | 
						|
        Not all handlers will implement file loading.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | 
						|
    //@}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //@{
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Saves content to a stream or file.
 | 
						|
        Not all handlers will implement file saving.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
 | 
						|
    //@}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly
 | 
						|
        if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for
 | 
						|
        subsequent actions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear
 | 
						|
        next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        End collapsing undo/redo commands.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we are collapsing commands.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the collapsed command.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented
 | 
						|
        differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then
 | 
						|
        it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history
 | 
						|
        when the action is submitted to the command processor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        End suppressing undo/redo commands.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are we suppressing undo??
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy the range to the clipboard.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Paste the clipboard content to the buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begin using a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        End the style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EndStyle();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        End all styles.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EndAllStyles();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the style stack.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void ClearStyleStack();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using bold.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginBold();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends using bold.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using italic.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginItalic();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends using italic.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using underline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginUnderline();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends using underline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using point size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends using point size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using this font.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends using a font.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using this colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends using a colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using alignment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends alignment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for
 | 
						|
        the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all
 | 
						|
        but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear
 | 
						|
        to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be
 | 
						|
        indented relative to the subsequent lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends left indent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends right indent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing
 | 
						|
        in tenths of a millimetre.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends paragraph spacing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where
 | 
						|
        10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends line spacing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins numbered bullet.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the
 | 
						|
        application should take care of incrementing the numbering.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1.
 | 
						|
        @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre.
 | 
						|
        @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item.
 | 
						|
        The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet.
 | 
						|
        The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts
 | 
						|
        at leftMargin + leftSubIndent.
 | 
						|
        So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the
 | 
						|
        left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends numbered bullet.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used
 | 
						|
        to render the bulleted paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends symbol bullet.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names
 | 
						|
        (currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to
 | 
						|
        render the bulleted paragraph.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends standard bullet.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins named character style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends named character style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins named paragraph style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends named character style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins named list style.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends named character style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common
 | 
						|
        to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ends URL.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Event handling
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds an event handler.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler,
 | 
						|
        but the application is free to add more if further notification is required.
 | 
						|
        All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as
 | 
						|
        the replacement of a style sheet during loading.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler()
 | 
						|
        is called with @true as the second argument.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the
 | 
						|
        object if @a deleteHandler is @true.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear event handlers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearEventHandlers();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
 | 
						|
        otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Implementation
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies the buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clones the buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert the given text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert a newline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert the given image.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0,
 | 
						|
            const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to insert an object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Submits a command to delete this range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Mark modified.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if the buffer was modified.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //@{
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void Dump();
 | 
						|
    virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); }
 | 
						|
    //@}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the file handlers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a file handler to the end.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inserts a file handler at the front.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes a file handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a file handler by name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a file handler by extension and type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename,
 | 
						|
                                                            wxRichTextFileType imageType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a handler by type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present,
 | 
						|
        it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be
 | 
						|
        used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clean up file handlers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void CleanUpHandlers();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Initialise the standard file handlers.
 | 
						|
        Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void InitStandardHandlers();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the drawing handlers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a drawing handler to the end.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Inserts a drawing handler at the front.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes a drawing handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a drawing handler by name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clean up drawing handlers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the field types.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds a field type.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Removes a field type by name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Finds a field type by name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Cleans up field types.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void CleanUpFieldTypes();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the renderer object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the
 | 
						|
        content, such as bullets.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from
 | 
						|
        wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more
 | 
						|
        virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the floating layout mode. The default is @true, where objects
 | 
						|
        are laid out according to their floating status.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static bool GetFloatingLayoutMode();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the floating layout mode. Pass @false to speed up editing by not performing
 | 
						|
        floating layout. This setting affects all buffers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static void SetFloatingLayoutMode(bool mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Command processor
 | 
						|
    wxCommandProcessor*     m_commandProcessor;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Table storing fonts
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFontTable     m_fontTable;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Has been modified?
 | 
						|
    bool                    m_modified;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Collapsed command stack
 | 
						|
    int                     m_batchedCommandDepth;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Name for collapsed command
 | 
						|
    wxString                m_batchedCommandsName;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCommand*      m_batchedCommand;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Whether to suppress undo
 | 
						|
    int                     m_suppressUndo;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Style sheet, if any
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextStyleSheet*   m_styleSheet;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events
 | 
						|
    wxList                  m_eventHandlers;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions
 | 
						|
    wxList                  m_attributeStack;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Flags to be passed to handlers
 | 
						|
    int                     m_handlerFlags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// File handlers
 | 
						|
    static wxList           sm_handlers;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Drawing handlers
 | 
						|
    static wxList           sm_drawingHandlers;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Field types
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Renderer
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm
 | 
						|
    static int              sm_bulletRightMargin;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size
 | 
						|
    static float            sm_bulletProportion;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing
 | 
						|
    double                  m_scale;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextCell
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table, in which the user can type. As well as
 | 
						|
    text, it can also contain objects e.g. an image, or even another wxRichTextTable.
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    A cell's appearance can be changed via its associated wxRichTextAttr; for example
 | 
						|
    its size altered or its background colour set. It also has the properties of
 | 
						|
    column- and row-span. By default these are 1, meaning that the cell only spans
 | 
						|
    itself, but can be increased using the SetColSpan() and SetRowSpan() methods.
 | 
						|
    Attempts to set too large a span are silently truncated to the table edge.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("cell"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Cell"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of columns spanned by the cell.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        By default a cell doesn't span extra columns, so this function returns 1.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @since 2.9.5
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @see SetColSpan(), GetRowSpan()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetColSpan() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the number of columns spanned by the cell.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        By default colspan is 1 i.e. a cell doesn't span extra columns. Pass a value >1
 | 
						|
        to change this. Attempting to set a colspan <1 will assert and be ignored.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @since 2.9.5
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @see GetColSpan(), SetRowSpan()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetColSpan(long span);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of rows spanned by the cell.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        By default a cell doesn't span extra rows, so this function returns 1.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @since 2.9.5
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @see SetRowSpan(), GetColSpan()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetRowSpan() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the number of rows spanned by the cell.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        By default colspan is 1 i.e. a cell doesn't span extra rows. Pass a value >1
 | 
						|
        to change this. Attempting to set a rowspan <1 will assert and be ignored.
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @since 2.9.5
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        @see GetRowSpan(), SetColSpan()
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRowSpan(long span);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextTable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextObjectPtrArray;
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Constructors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Overridables
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("table"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
 | 
						|
    virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table.
 | 
						|
    virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
 | 
						|
    /// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Table"); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject
 | 
						|
    // is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
 | 
						|
    // but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Accessors
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the cells array.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the cells array.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the row count.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the column count.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the cell at the given row/column position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the row/column for a given character position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the coordinates of the cell with keyboard focus, or (-1,-1) if none.
 | 
						|
    */    
 | 
						|
    virtual wxPosition GetFocusedCell() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Operations
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the table.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void ClearTable();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a table of the given dimensions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Deletes rows from the given row position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Deletes columns from the given column position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds rows from the given row position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds columns from the given column position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Makes a clone of this object.
 | 
						|
    virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Copies this object.
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int m_rowCount;
 | 
						|
    int m_colCount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing
 | 
						|
    // the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object.
 | 
						|
    // Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems
 | 
						|
    // with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that
 | 
						|
    // expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the
 | 
						|
    // hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box.
 | 
						|
    // We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this
 | 
						|
    // may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different
 | 
						|
    // class?
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray   m_cells;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** @class wxRichTextTableBlock
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Stores the coordinates for a block of cells.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextTableBlock
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextTableBlock() { Init(); }
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextTableBlock(int colStart, int colEnd, int rowStart, int rowEnd)
 | 
						|
    { Init(); m_colStart = colStart; m_colEnd = colEnd; m_rowStart = rowStart; m_rowEnd = rowEnd; }
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextTableBlock(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Init() { m_colStart = 0; m_colEnd = 0; m_rowStart = 0; m_rowEnd = 0; }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        m_colStart = block.m_colStart; m_colEnd = block.m_colEnd; m_rowStart = block.m_rowStart; m_rowEnd = block.m_rowEnd;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
 | 
						|
    bool operator==(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
 | 
						|
    { return m_colStart == block.m_colStart && m_colEnd == block.m_colEnd && m_rowStart == block.m_rowStart && m_rowEnd == block.m_rowEnd; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Computes the block given a table (perhaps about to be edited) and a rich text control
 | 
						|
    /// that may have a selection. If no selection, the whole table is used. If just the whole content
 | 
						|
    /// of one cell is selected, this cell only is used. If the cell contents is not selected and
 | 
						|
    /// requireCellSelection is @false, the focused cell will count as a selected cell.
 | 
						|
    bool ComputeBlockForSelection(wxRichTextTable* table, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool requireCellSelection = true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Does this block represent the whole table?
 | 
						|
    bool IsWholeTable(wxRichTextTable* table) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Returns the cell focused in the table, if any
 | 
						|
    static wxRichTextCell* GetFocusedCell(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int& ColStart() { return m_colStart; }
 | 
						|
    int ColStart() const { return m_colStart; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int& ColEnd() { return m_colEnd; }
 | 
						|
    int ColEnd() const { return m_colEnd; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int& RowStart() { return m_rowStart; }
 | 
						|
    int RowStart() const { return m_rowStart; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int& RowEnd() { return m_rowEnd; }
 | 
						|
    int RowEnd() const { return m_rowEnd; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int m_colStart, m_colEnd, m_rowStart, m_rowEnd;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    The command identifiers for Do/Undo.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum wxRichTextCommandId
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_INSERT,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_DELETE,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE,
 | 
						|
    wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextObjectAddress
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy,
 | 
						|
    without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete
 | 
						|
    and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array
 | 
						|
    of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextCommand
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextObjectAddress
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates the address given a container and an object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); }
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); }
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void Init() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copies the address.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Assignment operator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates the address given a container and an object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the address from an array of integers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxArrayInt  m_address;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextAction;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextCommand
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction
 | 
						|
    objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextAction
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor for one action.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
 | 
						|
        wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor for multiple actions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextCommand();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Performs the command.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Do();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Undoes the command.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Undo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Adds an action to the action list.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clears the action list.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearActions();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the action list.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxList  m_actions;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextAction
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Implements a part of a command.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextCommand
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextAction: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within
 | 
						|
        which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id,
 | 
						|
        wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
 | 
						|
        wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextAction();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Performs the action.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Do();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Undoes the action.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Undo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false,
 | 
						|
                          const wxRect& oldFloatRect = wxRect(),
 | 
						|
                          wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL,
 | 
						|
                          bool isDoCmd = true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the new fragments.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the old fragments.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the attributes, for single-object commands.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
 | 
						|
        and the action's range start position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Stores the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
 | 
						|
        without making an address for it
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        @see SetObject(), MakeObject()).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StoreObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
 | 
						|
        and the action's range start position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Makes an address from the given object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the existing and new objects, for use with wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOldAndNewObjects(wxRichTextObject* oldObj, wxRichTextObject* newObj);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Calculate arrays for refresh optimization.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions,
 | 
						|
                                       wxRect& oldFloatRect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position used for e.g. insertion.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position used for e.g. insertion.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the range for e.g. deletion.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the range for e.g. deletion.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the action name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Instructs the first Do() command should be skipped as it's already been applied.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIgnoreFirstTime(bool b);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns true if the first Do() command should be skipped as it's already been applied.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetIgnoreFirstTime() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
    // Action name
 | 
						|
    wxString                        m_name;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Buffer
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer*               m_buffer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated.
 | 
						|
    // This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't
 | 
						|
    // therefore store actual pointers.
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectAddress         m_containerAddress;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Control
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCtrl*                 m_ctrl;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Stores the new paragraphs
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox    m_newParagraphs;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Stores the old paragraphs
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox    m_oldParagraphs;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Stores an object to replace the one at the position
 | 
						|
    // defined by the container address and the action's range start position.
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObject*               m_object;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Stores the attributes
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextAttr                  m_attributes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes)
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextObjectAddress         m_objectAddress;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Stores the old attributes
 | 
						|
    // wxRichTextAttr                  m_oldAttributes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The affected range
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRange                 m_range;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The insertion point for this command
 | 
						|
    long                            m_position;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it
 | 
						|
    bool                            m_ignoreThis;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The command identifier
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextCommandId             m_cmdId;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 * Handler flags
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Include style sheet when loading and saving
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET       0x0001
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Save images to memory file system in HTML handler
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY    0x0010
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Save images to files in HTML handler
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES     0x0020
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64    0x0040
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment
 | 
						|
// in a larger document
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER         0x0080
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform
 | 
						|
// in a larger document
 | 
						|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES        0x0100
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextFileHandler
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The base class for file handlers.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a file handler object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0)
 | 
						|
        : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true)
 | 
						|
        { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Loads the buffer from a stream.
 | 
						|
        Not all handlers will implement file loading.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
 | 
						|
    { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Saves the buffer to a stream.
 | 
						|
        Not all handlers will implement file saving.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
 | 
						|
    { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Loads the buffer from a file.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Saves the buffer to a file.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we can save using this handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if we can load using this handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's
 | 
						|
        load and save dialogs).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the name of the handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the name of the handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the default extension to recognise.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the default extension to recognise.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the handler type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the handler type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetType() const { return m_type; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving.
 | 
						|
        See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant
 | 
						|
        for each handler.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly
 | 
						|
        (without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API).
 | 
						|
        Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set
 | 
						|
        the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxString  m_name;
 | 
						|
    wxString  m_encoding;
 | 
						|
    wxString  m_extension;
 | 
						|
    int       m_type;
 | 
						|
    int       m_flags;
 | 
						|
    bool      m_visible;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Implements saving a buffer to plain text.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = "Text",
 | 
						|
                               const wxString& ext = "txt",
 | 
						|
                               wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT)
 | 
						|
        : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
 | 
						|
        { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Can we save using this handler?
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Can we load using this handler?
 | 
						|
    virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextDrawingHandler
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The base class for custom drawing handlers.
 | 
						|
    Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Creates a drawing handler object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
 | 
						|
        : m_name(name)
 | 
						|
        { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Provides virtual attributes that we can provide.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | 
						|
        For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
 | 
						|
        For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of virtual attributes found.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
 | 
						|
        to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
 | 
						|
        for highlighting special characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Gets the virtual text for this object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the name of the handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the name of the handler.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxString  m_name;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextBufferDataObject
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object
 | 
						|
        is alive.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL);
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it
 | 
						|
        is responsible for deleting it.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the id for the new data format.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // base class pure virtuals
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const;
 | 
						|
    virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const;
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // prevent warnings
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); }
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); }
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
    wxDataFormat            m_formatRichTextBuffer;     // our custom format
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextBuffer*       m_richTextBuffer;           // our data
 | 
						|
    static const wxChar*    ms_richTextBufferFormatId;  // our format id
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextRenderer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    This class isolates some common drawing functionality.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextRenderer() {}
 | 
						|
    virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Measure the bullet.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    virtual bool MeasureBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxSize& sz) = 0;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxRichTextStdRenderer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The standard renderer for drawing bullets.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxrichtext}
 | 
						|
    @category{richtext}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Constructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxRichTextStdRenderer() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName
 | 
						|
    virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
 | 
						|
    virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Measure the bullet.
 | 
						|
    virtual bool MeasureBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxSize& sz);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*!
 | 
						|
 * Utilities
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ((flags & style) == style);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Compare two attribute objects
 | 
						|
bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
 | 
						|
bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Apply one style to another
 | 
						|
bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Remove attributes
 | 
						|
bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Combine two bitlists
 | 
						|
bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Compare two bitlists
 | 
						|
bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Split into paragraph and character styles
 | 
						|
bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Compare tabs
 | 
						|
bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
 | 
						|
wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
 | 
						|
// which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
 | 
						|
void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void wxRichTextModuleInit();
 |